diff options
| author | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@mageia.org> | 2013-07-07 09:00:53 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@mageia.org> | 2013-07-07 09:00:53 +0000 |
| commit | 2a6ab6a500cfcc25ff165f8fcd0ae82b40f2e81f (patch) | |
| tree | 12f56f077e64db48ba62d653d7cef4b75c88c0bb | |
| parent | cb86d82bc23852fad47e1092917312bfd4ef8b54 (diff) | |
| download | tools-2a6ab6a500cfcc25ff165f8fcd0ae82b40f2e81f.tar tools-2a6ab6a500cfcc25ff165f8fcd0ae82b40f2e81f.tar.gz tools-2a6ab6a500cfcc25ff165f8fcd0ae82b40f2e81f.tar.bz2 tools-2a6ab6a500cfcc25ff165f8fcd0ae82b40f2e81f.tar.xz tools-2a6ab6a500cfcc25ff165f8fcd0ae82b40f2e81f.zip | |
Update PO for configure X_card_list change
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/de.po | 44 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/el.po | 176 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml | 74 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/en/system-config-printer.xml | 14 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/eo.po | 39 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/es.po | 2336 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/et.po | 44 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/fr.po | 331 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/help.pot | 38 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/nl.po | 44 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/pt_BR.po | 44 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ru.po | 176 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sv.po | 208 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/tr.po | 42 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk.po | 692 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml | 47 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | docs/installer/update.sh | 15 |
18 files changed, 2766 insertions, 1600 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 884c1805..795baebe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Deutsch <mageia-de@mageia.org>\n" @@ -2385,23 +2385,24 @@ msgstr "" "Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2410,7 +2411,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2420,22 +2421,22 @@ msgstr "" "auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "Hersteller" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "Der Name der Karte" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "Der Typ der Karte" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2446,10 +2447,11 @@ msgstr "" "handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " @@ -2458,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" "Funktionalität bietet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2468,23 +2470,23 @@ msgstr "" "Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " -"welche nur in den \"Non-free\"- oder \"Tainted\"-Paketquellen oder in " +"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in " "einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Die \"Non-free\"- und \"Tainted\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert " +"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert " "werden. Sie sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 476800db..5bdfb131 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-16 20:31+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -92,19 +92,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -353,17 +353,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -862,8 +862,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -998,12 +998,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -1456,9 +1456,9 @@ msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton> όταν ε msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1519,10 +1519,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1590,10 +1590,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -1636,18 +1636,18 @@ msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibu msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -1970,8 +1970,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -2037,14 +2037,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -2087,10 +2087,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -2367,23 +2367,24 @@ msgstr "" "Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση της κάρτας γραφικών)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2392,7 +2393,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2401,22 +2402,22 @@ msgstr "" "γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "κατασκευαστή" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "έπειτα το όνομα του μοντέλου της κάρτας" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "και τον τύπο της κάρτας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2427,10 +2428,11 @@ msgstr "" "βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού " @@ -2439,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" "οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2448,23 +2450,23 @@ msgstr "" "γραμμή εντολών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux " -"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Non-free ή Tainted και " +"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και " "σε ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Τα αποθετήρια Non-free και Tainted θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να " +"Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να " "αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2837,8 +2839,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2877,8 +2879,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -2969,9 +2971,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -3043,9 +3045,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml index fa9f4d64..0c9bae07 100644 --- a/docs/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml +++ b/docs/installer/en/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -1,17 +1,12 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" -xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -version="5.0" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> - - <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> - <!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> - <!-- tproof --> - <!-- lproof --> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> + <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> + + <!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> + + <!-- tproof --> + + <!-- lproof --> + <info> <title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)</title> @@ -19,15 +14,15 @@ version="5.0" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" format="PNG" /> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" format="PNG"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually correctly identify your video device.</para> - - <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: - - <itemizedlist> + <para>DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will + usually correctly identify your video device.</para> + + <para>If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you + know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>vendor</para> </listitem> @@ -41,22 +36,23 @@ version="5.0" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> - <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in the database - or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the Xorg category</para> - - <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card drivers. - If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the option of using - the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities.</para> - - <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access - to the Commandline Interface.</para> - - - <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which may only - be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some cases only from the - card manufacturers' websites </para> - - <para>The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to access them, - you should do this after your first reboot.</para> - -</section> + <para>If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet + in the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the + Xorg category</para> + + <para>The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video + card drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is + the option of using the vesa driver which provides basic + capabilities.</para> + + <para>Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have + access to the Commandline Interface.</para> + + <para>Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux + which may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only + from the card manufacturers' websites.</para> + + <para>The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. + If you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first + reboot.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/en/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/installer/en/system-config-printer.xml index 98dd9040..21c5c5a7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/en/system-config-printer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/en/system-config-printer.xml @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png" width="616" depth="600"/> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ <mediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="printer3.png" width="600"/> + <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/> </imageobject> </mediaobject> @@ -325,9 +325,13 @@ <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the - "iscan-data" package first, then "iscan" (in this order). It is possible - that the iscan package will generate a warning about a conflict with sane. - Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para> + "iscan-data" package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin + package can also be available and is to install. Choose the + <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture. </para> + + <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about + a conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be + ignored.</para> <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index 2be8b1c3..cad761d6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -2270,52 +2270,53 @@ msgstr "" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2323,33 +2324,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index cec126a7..33258a2f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-05 14:02-0600\n" "Last-Translator: katnatek <j.alberto.vc@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <mdktrans@blogdrake.net>\n" @@ -23,8 +23,12 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -33,23 +37,41 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 -msgid "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." +msgid "" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea " +"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 -msgid "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar." +msgid "" +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de " +"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 -msgid "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego " +"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 -msgid "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador." +msgid "" +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya " +"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -58,31 +80,41 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 -msgid "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " +"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous -#. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -91,13 +123,34 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:38 -msgid "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the <emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." +msgid "" +"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " +"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " +"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " +"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " +"the first password by comparing them." +msgstr "" +"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, " +"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas " +"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya " +"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando " +"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la " +"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita " +"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido " +"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 -msgid "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters (upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." +msgid "" +"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " +"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." +msgstr "" +"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una " +"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y " +"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -106,53 +159,109 @@ msgstr "Introduzca un usuario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:59 -msgid "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador." +msgid "" +"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " +"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " +"anything else the average user does with his computer" +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el " +"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones " +"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 -msgid "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " +"users icon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono " +"del usuario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 -msgid "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " +"box." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del " +"usuario en este recuadro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 -msgid "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de " +"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir " +"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a " +"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 -msgid "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " +"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la " +"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el " +"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 -msgid "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña " +"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el " +"recuadro anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 -msgid "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." +msgid "" +"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " +"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "" +"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio " +"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 -msgid "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." +msgid "" +"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " +"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " +"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en " +"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá " +"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 -msgid "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador." +msgid "" +"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda " +"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar " +"el ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 -msgid "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " +"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " +"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los " +"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante " +"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -166,94 +275,183 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada de usuario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:119 -msgid "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." +msgid "" +"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" +"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una " +"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está " +"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 -msgid "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." +msgid "" +"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " +"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " +"should save his important files to a USB key." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) " +"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado " +"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 -msgid "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " +"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " +"but he has more restricted access than normal users." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o " +"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un " +"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido " +"que los usuarios normales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 -msgid "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " +"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " +"Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por " +"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 -msgid "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " +"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " +"you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació " +"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 -msgid "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que " +"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 -msgid "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." +msgid "" +"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " +"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " +"can change the mount points." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su " +"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 -msgid "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> (root) partition." -msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgid "" +"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) partition." +msgstr "" +"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 -msgid "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")." +msgid "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de " +"montaje\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 -msgid "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], \"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro" +"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 -msgid "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." +msgid "" +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " +"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje " +"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y " +"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, " +"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde " +"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la " +"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 -msgid "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount point field blank." -msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío." +msgid "" +"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " +"point field blank." +msgstr "" +"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de " +"montaje vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 -msgid "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño." +msgid "" +"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " +"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " +"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." +msgstr "" +"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y " +"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la " +"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y " +"tamaño." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 -msgid "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." +msgid "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien " +"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:18 @@ -262,13 +460,23 @@ msgstr "DrakX, el instalador de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:21 -msgid "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as possible." -msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible." +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está " +"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil " +"posible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:29 -msgid "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto " +"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:35 @@ -277,19 +485,33 @@ msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:39 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 -#: en/installer.xml:90 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:47 -msgid "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." -msgstr "Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"/>." +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar " +"opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" +"\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:52 @@ -298,23 +520,50 @@ msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:55 -msgid "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser " +"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:58 -msgid "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones " +"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 -msgid "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further explanations about the current step." -msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> " +"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:66 -msgid "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:80 @@ -323,8 +572,14 @@ msgstr "Opciones de instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:83 -msgid "If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" -msgstr "Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una " +"de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. " +"Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:87 @@ -338,8 +593,13 @@ msgstr "Pantalla de Ayuda de la Instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:96 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:105 @@ -353,13 +613,31 @@ msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 -msgid "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal." +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del " +"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas " +"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</" +"code> en la terminal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" -msgstr "Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra \"boot:\" Escriba \"text\" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto." +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una " +"instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en " +"modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y " +"confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra \"boot:\" " +"Escriba \"text\" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo " +"texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:135 @@ -368,8 +646,18 @@ msgstr "La Instalación se congela" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:138 -msgid "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type <code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with other options as necessary." -msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario." +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un " +"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática " +"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, " +"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada " +"con otras si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:147 @@ -378,8 +666,17 @@ msgstr "Opciones del Kernel" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:150 -msgid "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the <code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM." +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar " +"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla " +"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la " +"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " +"256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 @@ -388,8 +685,12 @@ msgstr "Instalar o actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 @@ -398,8 +699,11 @@ msgstr "Instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 -msgid "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 @@ -408,18 +712,47 @@ msgstr "Actualización" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 -msgid "If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the latest release." -msgstr "Si tiene una o más instalaciones de <application>Mageia 2</application> en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión." +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene una o más instalaciones de <application>Mageia 2</application> en " +"su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última " +"versión." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 -msgid "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 -msgid "If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede " +"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de " +"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</" +"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -428,55 +761,109 @@ msgstr "Teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 -msgid "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." +msgid "" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún " +"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 -msgid "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del " +"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire " +"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. " +"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También " +"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribución_del_teclado</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 -msgid "If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 -msgid "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the full list." -msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa." +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de " +"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar " +"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la " +"lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 -msgid "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas." +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una " +"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas " +"y no latinas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configure sus Servicios" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 -msgid "Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema." +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando " +"arranque su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 -msgid "There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and see all services in it." -msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene." +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo " +"y ver todos los servicios que contiene." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -485,8 +872,12 @@ msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 -msgid "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info box below." -msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo." +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de " +"abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -500,64 +891,114 @@ msgstr "Por favor elija un idioma" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 -msgid "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado." +msgid "" +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." +msgstr "" +"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. " +"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la " +"instalación y para su sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 -msgid "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the <guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación." +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, " +"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos " +"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 -msgid "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas." +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la " +"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección " +"de múltiples idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 -msgid "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado." +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale " +"también el idioma de su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 -msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en " +"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. " +"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 -msgid "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su sistema." +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro " +"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your choice." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar " +"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -566,18 +1007,32 @@ msgstr "Particionando" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 -msgid "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " +"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el " +"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 -msgid "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgid "" +"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " +"particular hard drive(s) layout and content." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del " +"contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -586,8 +1041,12 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 -msgid "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." +msgid "" +"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " +"been found and may be used for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones " +"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -596,8 +1055,12 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 -msgid "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia." +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su " +"nueva instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -606,18 +1069,41 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 -msgid "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may offer to use it." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo." +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador " +"puede ofrecer usarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 -msgid "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all important files!" -msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" +msgid "" +"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " +"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " +"important files!" +msgstr "" +"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación " +"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia " +"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 -msgid "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to back up your personal files." -msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales." +msgid "" +"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " +"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " +"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " +"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " +"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " +"back up your personal files." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la " +"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, " +"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. " +"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que " +"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se " +"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad " +"de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -632,12 +1118,19 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " +"¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 -msgid "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option." -msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " +"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " +"this option." +msgstr "" +"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información " +"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -646,13 +1139,31 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 -msgid "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación " +"en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 -msgid "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following settings:" -msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:" +msgid "" +"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " +"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " +"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " +"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"settings:" +msgstr "" +"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez " +"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware " +"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales " +"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB." +"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como " +"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las " +"siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -666,8 +1177,11 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 -msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes." +msgid "" +"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de " +"megabytes." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -676,23 +1190,51 @@ msgstr "Selección de escritorio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." +msgid "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para " +"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" +msgstr "" +"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la " +"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando " +"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or <application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the default software choices for these desktop environments. The <application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." +msgid "" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> " +"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de " +"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</" +"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el " +"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio " +"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, " +"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 @@ -702,13 +1244,25 @@ msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes" #. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." +msgstr "" +"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de " +"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si " +"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada " +"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -727,13 +1281,21 @@ msgstr "Entorno gráfico." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or remove packages." -msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes." +msgid "" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." +msgstr "" +"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o " +"eliminar manualmente los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." -msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima." +msgid "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como " +"hacer una instalación minima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 @@ -743,18 +1305,35 @@ msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente" #. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación." +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su " +"instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo." +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</" +"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes " +"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para " +"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón " +"durante la instalación para cargarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -763,33 +1342,64 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 -msgid "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> aparte. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." +msgid "" +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +msgstr "" +"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que " +"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> aparte. La opción de " +"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de " +"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar " +"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su " +"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 -msgid "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." +msgid "" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, " +"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 -msgid "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device" -msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." +msgid "" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones " +"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 -msgid "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." +msgid "" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +msgstr "" +"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición " +"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de " +"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -806,29 +1416,48 @@ msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> cuando esté listo." msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitaciones" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text -#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=" +"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 -msgid "You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." +msgid "" +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y " +"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 -msgid "After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." +msgid "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los " +"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 -msgid "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." +msgid "" +"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " +"will be automatically selected and started." +msgstr "" +"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de " +"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -837,71 +1466,118 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:33 -msgid "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia" -msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." +msgid "" +"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " +"Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateo" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 -msgid "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " +"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier " +"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para " +"formatear." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan " +"formatearse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " +"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que " +"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 -msgid "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." +msgid "" +"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " +"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " +"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " +"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." +msgstr "" +"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " +"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla " +"principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 -msgid "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." +msgid "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizaciones" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 -msgid "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." +msgid "" +"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " +"packages will have been updated or improved." +msgstr "" +"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se " +"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 -msgid "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " +"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " +"aren't connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</" +"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -913,28 +1589,39 @@ msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 -msgid "DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on " +"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " +"settings here and change them if you want after pressing " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo " +"del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y " +"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -948,8 +1635,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:52 -msgid "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgid "" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede " +"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -958,8 +1651,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:61 -msgid "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgid "" +"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " +"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref " +"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -973,7 +1670,8 @@ msgstr "DrakX ha hecho una buena elección para el cargador del arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 -msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" +msgid "" +"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" msgstr "No cambie nada, salvo que sepa configurar Grub y/o Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -988,8 +1686,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 -msgid "You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>." +msgid "" +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio " +"<literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -998,18 +1700,28 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:91 -msgid "System services refer to those small programs which run the background (daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." +msgid "" +"System services refer to those small programs which run the background " +"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." +msgstr "" +"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que " +"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta " +"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 -msgid "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." +msgid "" +"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " +"prevent your computer from operating correctly." +msgstr "" +"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una " +"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1023,8 +1735,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:113 -msgid "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." +msgid "" +"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " +"your location, language or type of keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que " +"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1033,8 +1749,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:121 -msgid "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc." +msgid "" +"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " +"etc." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, " +"trackballs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1043,8 +1763,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 -msgid "This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the options selected will work with your computer." -msgstr "Esta sección le permite ajustar su tarjeta de sonido. En la mayoría de los casos, las opciones seleccionadas por defecto funcionarán en su ordenador." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " +"options selected will work with your computer." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección le permite ajustar su tarjeta de sonido. En la mayoría de los " +"casos, las opciones seleccionadas por defecto funcionarán en su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:135 @@ -1054,7 +1778,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:138 msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:141 @@ -1063,8 +1788,12 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:147 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:155 @@ -1078,13 +1807,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Red</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 -msgid "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media repositories." -msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (non-free), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free." +msgid "" +"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " +"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores " +"libres (non-free), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el " +"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener " +"activados los repositorios non-free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:170 -msgid "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch that interface as well." -msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle." +msgid "" +"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " +"that interface as well." +msgstr "" +"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para " +"que también la controle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:177 @@ -1093,13 +1834,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servidores proxy</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:179 -msgid "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a proxy service." -msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy." +msgid "" +"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " +"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " +"proxy service." +msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. " +"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de " +"proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:184 -msgid "You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you need to enter here" -msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí." +msgid "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los " +"parámetros que debe poner aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:193 @@ -1113,8 +1864,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:201 -msgid "Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general." +msgid "" +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en " +"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada " +"para un uso general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:205 @@ -1128,139 +1884,226 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:212 -msgid "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." +msgid "" +"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " +"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." +msgstr "" +"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos " +"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes " +"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:216 -msgid "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." +msgid "" +"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " +"selections will depend on what you use your computer for." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su " +"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:221 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!" +msgstr "" +"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy " +"peligroso!" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure su huso horario" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 -msgid "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the same time zone." -msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario." +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo " +"huso horario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 -msgid "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora " +"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 -msgid "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos " +"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 -msgid "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition" -msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgid "" +"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partition" +msgstr "" +"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 -msgid "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgid "" +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer " +"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurando SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 -msgid "DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro." +msgid "" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." +msgstr "" +"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos " +"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los " +"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco " +"duro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 -msgid "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) you have." -msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga." +msgid "" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." +msgstr "" +"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que " +"tenga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Elección del ratón" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 -msgid "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a different one here." -msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." +msgid "" +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." +msgstr "" +"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 -msgid "Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." +msgid "" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 " +"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 -msgid "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</" +"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o " +"más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 -msgid "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." +msgid "" +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por " +"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 -msgid "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." +msgid "" +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, " +"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o " +"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -1274,23 +2117,44 @@ msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 -msgid "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia boot menu." -msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." +msgid "" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot " +"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, " +"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 -msgid "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque " +"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 -msgid "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is used." -msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto." +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son " +"soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por " +"defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 -msgid "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación." +msgid "" +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "" +"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible " +"en la página de resumen durante la instación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -1299,13 +2163,27 @@ msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 -msgid "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the bootloader install location." -msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." +msgid "" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de " +"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de " +"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le " +"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 -msgid "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7." +msgid "" +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" +"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe " +"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como " +"por ejemplo sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -1314,13 +2192,29 @@ msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 -msgid "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to the installer screen." -msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador." +msgid "" +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar " +"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve " +"al instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 -msgid "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in question." -msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión." +msgid "" +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." +msgstr "" +"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de " +"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente " +"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que " +"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del " +"sistema operativo en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -1329,13 +2223,20 @@ msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 -msgid "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre." +msgid "" +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</" +"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /" +"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio " +"libre." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 +#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 msgid "en" msgstr "es" @@ -1351,8 +2252,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing." -msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " +"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1361,79 +2267,140 @@ msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " +"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " +"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 -msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y " +"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 -msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted " +"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "fabricante" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "el nombre de su tarjeta" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "y el tipo de tarjeta" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 -msgid "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the Xorg category" -msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" +msgstr "" +"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía " +"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar " +"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +msgstr "" +"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código " +"abierto para tu tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un " +"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador " +"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 -msgid "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para tu tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso " +"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios " +"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. " +"En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" -msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Non-free o Tainted.En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 -msgid "The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to access them, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Los repositorios Non-free y Tainted tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." +msgid "" +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "" +"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente " +"para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1442,18 +2409,36 @@ msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente." +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede " +"identificar su monitor correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar " +"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin " +"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la " +"documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1462,13 +2447,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are displayed." -msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco " +"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical " +"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion " +"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor." +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "" +"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con " +"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que " +"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y " +"consulte la documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1477,8 +2478,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the monitor database." -msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "" +"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor " +"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1487,8 +2492,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe " +"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1507,34 +2516,83 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as 1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. " +msgid "" +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en " +"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si " +"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no " +"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una " +"selección conservadora. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de " +"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de " +"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione " +"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. " +"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> " +"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su " +"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de " +"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. " +"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las " +"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -1543,18 +2601,42 @@ msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución " +"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no " +"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su " +"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la " +"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se " +"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá " +"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que " +"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está " +"disponible</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones." +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el " +"activar o desactivar varias opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -1563,38 +2645,71 @@ msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el " +"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> " +"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una " +"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente." +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede " +"renombrar completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up." -msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra." +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos " +"que seleccione otra." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, " +"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1603,35 +2718,66 @@ msgstr "Instalación mínima." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de " +"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 -msgid "Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos " +"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o " +"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto " +"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá " +"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -1640,40 +2786,70 @@ msgstr "Aquí puede ajustar su nivel de seguridad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 -msgid "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgid "" +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia." +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad " +"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 -msgid "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." +msgid "" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la " +"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que " +"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros " +"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 -msgid "If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice." -msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real." +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, " +"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la " +"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX " +"seguirá su elección real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -1682,65 +2858,143 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede " +"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de " +"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas " +"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs " +"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones " +"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que " +"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de " +"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden " +"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> \"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede " +"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su " +"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps." -msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos." +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los " +"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la " +"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser " +"elegidos en los próximos pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains the base of the distribution." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que " +"contiene la base de la distribución." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi cards, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son " +"gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software " +"de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio " +"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, " +"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo " +"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este " +"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en " +"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para " +"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para " +"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)" +msgstr "" +"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación " +"suplementarios)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 -msgid "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The source selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos." +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar " +"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La " +"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los " +"siguientes pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -1754,8 +3008,18 @@ msgstr "Elección y activación de la red, si es que no está activada ya." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation." -msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios non-free, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS." +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). " +"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los " +"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios non-free, " +"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su " +"propia instalación NFS." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index bd1680cc..3b72120e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -2281,23 +2281,24 @@ msgstr "" "\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." "png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2306,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" "teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2316,22 +2317,22 @@ msgstr "" "parameetrite alusel:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "tootja" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "seejärel kaardi nimi" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "ja lõpuks kaardi tüüp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2342,10 +2343,11 @@ msgstr "" "draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi " @@ -2353,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "" "võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2362,23 +2364,23 @@ msgstr "" "ainult käsurida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis " -"võivad olla saadaval ainult Non-free või Tainted tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel " +"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel " "juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Non-free ja Tainted hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda " +"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda " "saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 593f684b..51c64746 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-24 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French <i18n-fr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -95,19 +95,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -349,17 +349,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Choix des points de montage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -566,14 +566,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est " -"possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a " -"été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, " -"l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien " -"rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir " -"redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois " -"touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément " -"sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." +"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " +"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " +"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " +"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " +"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " +"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " +"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " +"pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:80 @@ -588,8 +588,8 @@ msgid "" "guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" msgstr "" "Si l'installation échoue, alors il peut être nécessaire d'essayer à nouveau " -"en faisant appel à l'une des options disponibles en appuyant sur la touche " -" <guibutton>F1 (Aide) </guibutton> voir <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"en faisant appel à l'une des options disponibles en appuyant sur la touche " +"<guibutton>F1 (Aide) </guibutton> voir <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:87 @@ -667,8 +667,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection " "automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter " "cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée " -"avec les " -"précédentes si nécessaire.." +"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:147 @@ -686,10 +685,8 @@ msgstr "" "Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut " "détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la " "spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx " -"est la " -"quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier " -"256Mo de " -"RAM." +"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " +"spécifier 256Mo de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 @@ -747,14 +744,14 @@ msgid "" "guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est " -"possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a " -"été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, " -"l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien " -"rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir " -"redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois " -"touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément " -"sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." +"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " +"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " +"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " +"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " +"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " +"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " +"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " +"pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 @@ -767,10 +764,9 @@ msgstr "" "En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de " "revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix " "des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> " -" ou <guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). " -"<emphasis>Ne pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans " -"l'installation." +"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou " +"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</" +"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -856,8 +852,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurer les Services" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -961,9 +957,8 @@ msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" -"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors " -"il est conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier " -"correspondante." +"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est " +"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -992,12 +987,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -1111,8 +1106,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation " "de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous " -"assurer " -"de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." +"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1263,9 +1257,8 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les " "deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut " "pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger " -"que les deux précédents, " -"d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de paquetages installés par " -"défaut." +"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de " +"paquetages installés par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 @@ -1325,9 +1318,8 @@ msgid "" "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " "a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications sur " -"la " -"manière de réaliser une installation minimale." +"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications " +"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 @@ -1451,9 +1443,9 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> quand tout est correct.." msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Félicitations" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1515,10 +1507,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1554,8 +1546,8 @@ msgid "" "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" msgstr "" "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où " -"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs " -"défectueux.</emphasis>" +"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1585,10 +1577,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Mises à jour" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -1630,18 +1622,18 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -1956,8 +1948,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -2021,14 +2013,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuration du SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -2069,10 +2061,10 @@ msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement." msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Sélection de la souris" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2116,7 +2108,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -2136,8 +2128,7 @@ msgid "" "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents " -"de ceux " -"choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." +"de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 @@ -2147,10 +2138,8 @@ msgid "" "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" "Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel " -"cas il faut " -"décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant ou autoriser " -"Mageia " -"à en créer un autre. " +"cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant " +"ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -2171,10 +2160,9 @@ msgid "" "boot menu." msgstr "" "Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans " -"le MBR (Master Boot Record) " -"du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation " -"d'installés, " -"Mageia tente de les ajouter au nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." +"le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà " +"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au " +"nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 @@ -2193,9 +2181,8 @@ msgid "" "used." msgstr "" "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas " -"actuellement supportés " -"par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le chargeur de démarrage GRUB " -"est utilisé." +"actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le " +"chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 @@ -2204,8 +2191,7 @@ msgid "" "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui " -"est disponible " -"pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." +"est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -2221,11 +2207,9 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" "Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez " -"alors vous souvenir de " -"vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du résumé et de cliquer sur le " -"bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel permet de modifier le lieu " -"d'installation " -"du chargeur de démarrage." +"alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du " +"résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel " +"permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 @@ -2253,9 +2237,8 @@ msgid "" "the installer screen." msgstr "" "Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où " -"est la partition " -"<literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans l'écran de " -"l'installateur." +"est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans " +"l'écran de l'installateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 @@ -2267,11 +2250,10 @@ msgid "" "question." msgstr "" "La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de " -"démarrage existant sort du " -"périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du temps, elle exige " -"d'exécuter le programme d'installation du " -"chargeur de démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer " -"automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." +"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du " +"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de " +"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. " +"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -2286,11 +2268,11 @@ msgid "" "guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" -"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/<" -"/literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, " -"cliquer sur <guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider " -"le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu " -"de place libre." +"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</" +"literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur " +"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /" +"tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place " +"libre." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 @@ -2357,23 +2339,23 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2382,7 +2364,7 @@ msgstr "" "graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2391,41 +2373,38 @@ msgstr "" "vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "" -"#-#-#-#-# fr/configureX_card_list.xml:39 #-#-#-#-#\n" -"fabricant\n" -"#-#-#-#-# fr/configureX_monitor.xml:78 #-#-#-#-#\n" "le vendeur" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "nom de la carte graphique" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "et le type de carte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce " -"qu'elle n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous " -"pouvez espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</" -"emphasis>." +"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle " +"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez " +"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes " @@ -2434,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" "qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2443,25 +2422,25 @@ msgstr "" "pilote sélectionné est inadapté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte " -"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Non-free\" " -"ou \"Tainted\". Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur " +"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"." +"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur " "des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de " "Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Les dépôts \"Non-free\" et \"Tainted\" doivent être activés de façon " +"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon " "explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier " "redémarrage." @@ -2768,8 +2747,8 @@ msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" -"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est " -"fait pendant la phase de démarrage du système." +"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " +"pendant la phase de démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 @@ -2836,8 +2815,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2875,8 +2854,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -2967,9 +2946,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2992,8 +2971,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du " "média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine " -"quels seront les paquetages proposés à " -"l'installation au cours des étapes suivantes." +"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes " +"suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 @@ -3041,9 +3020,9 @@ msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" "Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index ecb8a17c..ad3ba003 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1832,49 +1832,49 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " "xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -1882,33 +1882,33 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 100ae670..ce7e3505 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-27 21:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja11@xs4all.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -2310,23 +2310,24 @@ msgstr "" "verbeteren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2335,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr "" "grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2344,22 +2345,22 @@ msgstr "" "en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "Vendor (producent)" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "dan de naam van uw kaart" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "en het type" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2370,10 +2371,11 @@ msgstr "" "mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor " @@ -2382,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" "mogelijkheden biedt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2391,24 +2393,24 @@ msgstr "" "tot de opdrachtregel-interface." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's " -"voor Linux die enkel in de Non-free of Tainted installatiebronnen " +"voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen " "beschikbaar zijn en in sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de " "betreffende fabrikant." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Om toegang tot de Non-free en Tainted installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten " +"Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten " "ze uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia " "voor het eerst start." diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 9521fa5a..4d71171d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -2311,23 +2311,24 @@ msgstr "" "Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2336,7 +2337,7 @@ msgstr "" "identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2345,22 +2346,22 @@ msgstr "" "identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "fabricante" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "em seguida, o nome de sua placa" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "e o tipo de placa" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2371,10 +2372,11 @@ msgstr "" "um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " @@ -2382,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" "placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2391,23 +2393,23 @@ msgstr "" "ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " -"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Non-free ou Tainted " +"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree " "e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Os respositórios Non-free e Tainted precisam ser explicitamente habilitados " +"Os respositórios Nonfree precisam ser explicitamente habilitados " "para acessá-los, você deve fazer isso após o primeiro reinício." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index 1c5b675c..2fd00463 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-16 22:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <saikov.vb@gmail.com>\n" @@ -95,19 +95,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -356,17 +356,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -869,8 +869,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Настройка ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -1004,12 +1004,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -1465,9 +1465,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Поздравляем" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1528,10 +1528,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматирование" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1596,10 +1596,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Обновления" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -1643,18 +1643,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -1981,8 +1981,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -2050,14 +2050,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Настройка SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -2099,10 +2099,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -2379,23 +2379,24 @@ msgstr "" "улучшить данное руководство." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки вашей графической карты)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" "\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2404,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" "программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2414,22 +2415,22 @@ msgstr "" "иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "разработчик" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "затем название вашей карты" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "и тип вашей карты" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2440,10 +2441,11 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых " @@ -2452,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2461,24 +2463,24 @@ msgstr "" "доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) " "драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью " -"репозиториев пакетов «Non-free» и «Tainted» или на сайтах производителей " +"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей " "карт." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Non-free» и «Tainted», чтобы " +"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы " "иметь к ним доступ. Сделать это следует после первой перезагрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2855,8 +2857,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Уровень безопасности" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2896,8 +2898,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -2988,9 +2990,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -3064,9 +3066,9 @@ msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" "Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index ec6a6094..b4b0b2c4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-04 01:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail." "com>\n" @@ -94,19 +94,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Hantering av användare och administratör" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous -#. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -305,17 +305,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Välj monteringspunkterna" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -722,8 +722,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -853,12 +853,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -1249,10 +1249,10 @@ msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> när du är redo." msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Grattis" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text -#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" @@ -1312,10 +1312,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1369,10 +1369,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uppdateringar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -1414,18 +1414,18 @@ msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -1736,8 +1736,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1801,14 +1801,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -1843,10 +1843,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 #, fuzzy @@ -1883,8 +1883,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 #, fuzzy @@ -2077,23 +2077,24 @@ msgstr "" "om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" "configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" width=\"800\" xml:" "id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2102,7 +2103,7 @@ msgstr "" "identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2111,22 +2112,22 @@ msgstr "" "vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "tillverkare" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "sedan namnet på ditt kort" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "och typ av kort" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2137,10 +2138,11 @@ msgstr "" "passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " @@ -2149,7 +2151,7 @@ msgstr "" "grundläggande kapaciteter." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2158,23 +2160,23 @@ msgstr "" "enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " -"enbart finns tillgängligt i Non-Free eller Tainted-medierna och i vissa fall " +"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall " "enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Non-free och Tainted-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång " +"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång " "till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2292,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -2502,8 +2504,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2542,8 +2544,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -2633,9 +2635,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2693,9 +2695,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Val av medier (Konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index 3d85ecbc..09f7e0b6 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:28+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -2281,23 +2281,24 @@ msgstr "" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"800\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:" "id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2306,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" "correctly identify your video device." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2315,22 +2316,22 @@ msgstr "" "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "vendor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "then the name of your card" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "and the type of card" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2341,10 +2342,11 @@ msgstr "" "Xorg category" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " @@ -2352,7 +2354,7 @@ msgstr "" "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2361,21 +2363,23 @@ msgstr "" "to the Commandline Interface." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " "cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" "The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " "access them, you should do this after your first reboot." diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index e049db64..ff80e7d4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-16 20:14+0400\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-07 19:42+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-07 11:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -996,31 +996,6 @@ msgstr "" "керування Mageia (Система -> Налаштувати локалізацію системи)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdChoose.xml:7 -msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" -msgstr "" -"Вибір диска для витирання з метою встановлення <application>Mageia</" -"application>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdChoose.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть жорсткий диск, який слід форматувати для встановлення " -"<application>Mageia</application>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/takeOverHdChoose.xml:15 -msgid "" -"Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk will " -"be lost. This step can not be undone." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що вибрано саме той жорсткий диск. Всі дані на вибраному " -"диску буде втрачено. Відновити дані після витирання буде дуже важко." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска" @@ -2074,23 +2049,6 @@ msgstr "" "application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderBeginner.xml:11 -msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" -msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача (застаріла сторінка)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderBeginner.xml:43 -msgid "" -"This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " -"that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " -"options''' screen in installer links to." -msgstr "" -"Цю сторінку було пересунуто на нову сторінку <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader" -"\"></xref>, оскільки ця сторінка мала назву файла, що відповідала назві " -"файла для кнопки довідки на сторінці «Основні параметри завантажування» у " -"встановлювачі." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Налаштування SCSI" @@ -2140,25 +2098,6 @@ msgstr "" "чином." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupX.xml:4 -msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" -msgstr "" -"Налаштування графічного сервера, графічної картки та монітора (застаріла " -"сторінка)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupX.xml:24 -msgid "" -"This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> because " -"that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card and " -"Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." -msgstr "" -"Цю сторінку було пересунуто на нову сторінку <xref linkend=" -"\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>, оскільки ця сторінка мала назву файла, що " -"відповідала назві файла для кнопки довідки на сторінці «Налаштування " -"графічної картки і монітора» у встановлювачі." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Вибір драйвера миші" @@ -2205,316 +2144,6 @@ msgstr "" "більше кнопками." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:11 -msgid "Bootloader expert use" -msgstr "Додаткові можливості керування завантажувачем" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:48 -msgid "" -"If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/> " -"first." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви ще цього не зробили, спочатку ознайомтеся з розділом <xref linkend=" -"\"setupBootloader\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:54 -msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" -msgstr "Додавання запису заснованої на GRUB2 системи вручну" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:58 -msgid "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати засновану на GRUB2 систему до меню завантаження Mageia, виконайте " -"такі дії:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:63 -msgid "" -"Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " -"run the following command in a terminal:" -msgstr "" -"Завантажте іншу операційну систему. З метою визначення версії GRUB2 віддайте " -"у терміналі таку команду:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:67 -msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:70 -msgid "or if that fails try:" -msgstr "Якщо ніяких корисних даних не буде виведено, спробуйте таку команду:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:73 -msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:78 -msgid "" -"If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom suffix), " -"then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 and your " -"system should be correctly identified by Mageia during installation and " -"added automatically to the menu." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у відповідь буде повернуто «GNU GRUB version 0.97» (можливо з якимось " -"додатковим суфіксом), у системі використовується GRUB (який ще називають " -"застарілим GRUB), а не GRUB2. Отже вашу систему буде належним чином виявлено " -"засобами Mageia під час встановлення, а її пункт буде додано до меню " -"завантаження." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:86 -msgid "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." -msgstr "" -"Якщо буде повернуто рядок з (GRUB) 1.98, 1.99 або 2.xx, використовується " -"GRUB2." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:89 -msgid "" -"Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " -"partition:" -msgstr "" -"Запишіть номер версії і віддайте таку команду з метою визначення назви " -"кореневого розділу:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:93 -msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:96 -msgid "This will output something like :" -msgstr "У відповідь буде виведено щось таке:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:104 -msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:106 -msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." -msgstr "sdb11 — кореневий розділ, — запам’ятайте його назву." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " -"following command:" -msgstr "" -"Після цього перевірте, чи зберігається тека /boot на тому самому розділі, за " -"допомогою команди:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:115 -msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:120 -msgid "" -"If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a note " -"and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu.lst below." -msgstr "" -"Якщо розділ теки /boot не збігається з кореневим розділом, запишіть назву " -"розділу /boot і використайте її у рядку «root» під час редагування файла " -"menu.lst, описаного нижче." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:127 -msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." -msgstr "Тепер можна завершити роботу системи і перейти до встановлення Mageia." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:132 -msgid "" -"In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " -"file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" -msgstr "" -"У запущеній системі Mageia відкрийте вікно термінала і від імені " -"адміністратора (root) відкрийте для редагування файл /boot/grub/menu.lst. " -"Додайте до файла вказані нижче записи." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:138 -msgid "To become root use:" -msgstr "Щоб набути прав доступу root, віддайте такі команди:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:141 -msgid "<literal>su -</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:144 -msgid "(enter root password)" -msgstr "(введіть пароль root)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:149 -msgid "To open the file in an editor use:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб відкрити файл у текстовому редакторі, скористайтеся такою командою:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:152 -msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:155 -msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" -msgstr "(замініть «kwrite» на «gedit», якщо ви користуєтеся Gnome)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:160 -msgid "" -"Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " -"second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on its " -"position in the file:" -msgstr "" -"Додайте такий запис для вашої операційної системи (наприклад Ubuntu), " -"наприклад другим. Розташування пункту у меню залежатиме від розташування " -"запису у файлі:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:165 -msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:168 -msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:171 -msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:177 -msgid "" -"In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " -"indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy GRUB " -"count from zero." -msgstr "" -"У другому рядку «hd1» означає другий диск, а «10» відповідає одинадцятому " -"розділу. Відлік дисків і розділів у застарілому GRUB Mageia виконується від " -"нуля." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:183 -msgid "Therefore:" -msgstr "Тому:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:186 -msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:189 -msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:195 -msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" -msgstr "Якщо маєте GRUB2 версії 2.xx, змініть останній рядок на такий:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:198 -msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" -msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:201 -msgid "" -"If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" -"\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." -msgstr "" -"Якщо раніше ви використали «grub2-install», змініть <literal>«grub»</" -"literal> на <literal>«grub2»</literal> у останньому рядку." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:205 -msgid "" -"If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" -"literal> from the last line." -msgstr "" -"Якщо /boot розташовано на окремому розділі, вилучіть <literal>«/boot»</" -"literal> з останнього рядка." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:211 -msgid "" -"Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in the " -"menu and be able to boot from it." -msgstr "" -"Збережіть файлі і перезавантажте комп’ютер. Тепер у меню має бути пункт " -"«Ubuntu», за допомогою якого можна буде завантажити відповідну систему." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:220 -msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" -msgstr "Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем GRUB2" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:224 -msgid "" -"If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader yet, " -"do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви ще не ознайомилися з загальною частиною щодо вже встановленого " -"завантажувача, зробіть це зараз. Див. <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader" -"\"/>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:229 -msgid "" -"There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " -"versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " -"Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details of a " -"fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the topic is " -"\"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." -msgstr "" -"У деяких версіях Debian/Ubuntu є відома вада, пов’язана з засобом визначення " -"операційних систем під час встановлення GRUB2. Через цю ваду засіб помилково " -"створює grub.cfg під час додавання записів операційних систем Mageia (або " -"Mandriva). Обійти цю ваду доволі просто. Подробиці можна знайти на форумі " -"Mageia. Виконайте пошук за ключовим словом «prober». Тема гілки — «grub " -"problem». Вирішення наведено у дописі 9." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:236 -msgid "" -"To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel update, " -"the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub.d/40_custom</literal>" -msgstr "" -"Щоб це виправлення не було усунуто під час оновлення ядра Ubuntu, слід " -"додати запис Mageia до файла <literal>/etc/grub.d/40_custom</literal>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderExpert.xml:240 -msgid "" -"Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. So " -"now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " -"preferred solution." -msgstr "" -"Зауваження: цю ваду виправлено у os-prober-1.53, випущеному 8 травня 2012 " -"року. Отже, тепер варто віддати перевагу оновленню до нової версії GRUB2 у " -"вашій системі." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача" @@ -2752,23 +2381,23 @@ msgstr "" "хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "Вибір графічного сервера (налаштовування вашої графічної картки)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" "\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." @@ -2777,7 +2406,7 @@ msgstr "" "програма може правильно визначити ваш графічний пристрій." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:28 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" @@ -2787,22 +2416,22 @@ msgstr "" "ієрархічного списку за такими критеріями:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:32 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 msgid "vendor" msgstr "виробник" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:36 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 msgid "then the name of your card" msgstr "назва вашої картки" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 msgid "and the type of card" msgstr "тип вашої картки" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:44 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " @@ -2813,10 +2442,10 @@ msgstr "" "відповідний драйвер у категорії «Xorg»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:47 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" "У категорії «Xorg» ви зможете скористатися одним з понад 40 типових " @@ -2825,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "" "забезпечує базові можливості з показу відео." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." @@ -2834,23 +2463,23 @@ msgstr "" "доступ лише до інтерфейсу командного рядка." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" "Деякі виробники відеокарт самі створюють пропрієтарні (закриті) драйвери для " "Linux. Доступ до таких драйверів можна отримати лише за допомогою сховищ " -"пакунків «Non-free» та «Tainted» або сайтів виробників карток." +"пакунків «Nonfree» або сайтів виробників карток." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:59 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " +"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Non-free» та «Tainted», щоб мати до " +"Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Nonfree», щоб мати до " "них доступ. Зробити це слід після першого перезавантаження системи." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3486,6 +3115,281 @@ msgstr "" "оновлень. За допомогою визначення адреси ви можете пов’язати з системою " "певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою NFS систему." +#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Вибір диска для витирання з метою встановлення <application>Mageia</" +#~ "application>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Виберіть жорсткий диск, який слід форматувати для встановлення " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " +#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Переконайтеся, що вибрано саме той жорсткий диск. Всі дані на вибраному " +#~ "диску буде втрачено. Відновити дані після витирання буде дуже важко." + +#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" +#~ msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача (застаріла сторінка)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " +#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " +#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цю сторінку було пересунуто на нову сторінку <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"setupBootloader\"></xref>, оскільки ця сторінка мала назву файла, що " +#~ "відповідала назві файла для кнопки довідки на сторінці «Основні параметри " +#~ "завантажування» у встановлювачі." + +#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Налаштування графічного сервера, графічної картки та монітора (застаріла " +#~ "сторінка)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " +#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " +#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Цю сторінку було пересунуто на нову сторінку <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>, оскільки ця сторінка мала назву файла, що " +#~ "відповідала назві файла для кнопки довідки на сторінці «Налаштування " +#~ "графічної картки і монітора» у встановлювачі." + +#~ msgid "Bootloader expert use" +#~ msgstr "Додаткові можливості керування завантажувачем" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" +#~ "> first." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо ви ще цього не зробили, спочатку ознайомтеся з розділом <xref " +#~ "linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>." + +#~ msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" +#~ msgstr "Додавання запису заснованої на GRUB2 системи вручну" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб додати засновану на GRUB2 систему до меню завантаження Mageia, " +#~ "виконайте такі дії:" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " +#~ "run the following command in a terminal:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Завантажте іншу операційну систему. З метою визначення версії GRUB2 " +#~ "віддайте у терміналі таку команду:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" + +#~ msgid "or if that fails try:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо ніяких корисних даних не буде виведено, спробуйте таку команду:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom " +#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 " +#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during " +#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо у відповідь буде повернуто «GNU GRUB version 0.97» (можливо з " +#~ "якимось додатковим суфіксом), у системі використовується GRUB (який ще " +#~ "називають застарілим GRUB), а не GRUB2. Отже вашу систему буде належним " +#~ "чином виявлено засобами Mageia під час встановлення, а її пункт буде " +#~ "додано до меню завантаження." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо буде повернуто рядок з (GRUB) 1.98, 1.99 або 2.xx, використовується " +#~ "GRUB2." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " +#~ "partition:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Запишіть номер версії і віддайте таку команду з метою визначення назви " +#~ "кореневого розділу:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" + +#~ msgid "This will output something like :" +#~ msgstr "У відповідь буде виведено щось таке:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" + +#~ msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." +#~ msgstr "sdb11 — кореневий розділ, — запам’ятайте його назву." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " +#~ "following command:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Після цього перевірте, чи зберігається тека /boot на тому самому розділі, " +#~ "за допомогою команди:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a " +#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu." +#~ "lst below." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо розділ теки /boot не збігається з кореневим розділом, запишіть назву " +#~ "розділу /boot і використайте її у рядку «root» під час редагування файла " +#~ "menu.lst, описаного нижче." + +#~ msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Тепер можна завершити роботу системи і перейти до встановлення Mageia." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " +#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У запущеній системі Mageia відкрийте вікно термінала і від імені " +#~ "адміністратора (root) відкрийте для редагування файл /boot/grub/menu.lst. " +#~ "Додайте до файла вказані нижче записи." + +#~ msgid "To become root use:" +#~ msgstr "Щоб набути прав доступу root, віддайте такі команди:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>su -</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>" + +#~ msgid "(enter root password)" +#~ msgstr "(введіть пароль root)" + +#~ msgid "To open the file in an editor use:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб відкрити файл у текстовому редакторі, скористайтеся такою командою:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" + +#~ msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" +#~ msgstr "(замініть «kwrite» на «gedit», якщо ви користуєтеся Gnome)" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " +#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on " +#~ "its position in the file:" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Додайте такий запис для вашої операційної системи (наприклад Ubuntu), " +#~ "наприклад другим. Розташування пункту у меню залежатиме від розташування " +#~ "запису у файлі:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " +#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy " +#~ "GRUB count from zero." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У другому рядку «hd1» означає другий диск, а «10» відповідає одинадцятому " +#~ "розділу. Відлік дисків і розділів у застарілому GRUB Mageia виконується " +#~ "від нуля." + +#~ msgid "Therefore:" +#~ msgstr "Тому:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" + +#~ msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" +#~ msgstr "Якщо маєте GRUB2 версії 2.xx, змініть останній рядок на такий:" + +#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" +#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" +#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо раніше ви використали «grub2-install», змініть <literal>«grub»</" +#~ "literal> на <literal>«grub2»</literal> у останньому рядку." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" +#~ "literal> from the last line." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо /boot розташовано на окремому розділі, вилучіть <literal>«/boot»</" +#~ "literal> з останнього рядка." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in " +#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Збережіть файлі і перезавантажте комп’ютер. Тепер у меню має бути пункт " +#~ "«Ubuntu», за допомогою якого можна буде завантажити відповідну систему." + +#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" +#~ msgstr "Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем GRUB2" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader " +#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Якщо ви ще не ознайомилися з загальною частиною щодо вже встановленого " +#~ "завантажувача, зробіть це зараз. Див. <xref linkend=" +#~ "\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " +#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " +#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details " +#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the " +#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У деяких версіях Debian/Ubuntu є відома вада, пов’язана з засобом " +#~ "визначення операційних систем під час встановлення GRUB2. Через цю ваду " +#~ "засіб помилково створює grub.cfg під час додавання записів операційних " +#~ "систем Mageia (або Mandriva). Обійти цю ваду доволі просто. Подробиці " +#~ "можна знайти на форумі Mageia. Виконайте пошук за ключовим словом " +#~ "«prober». Тема гілки — «grub problem». Вирішення наведено у дописі 9." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel " +#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub." +#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Щоб це виправлення не було усунуто під час оновлення ядра Ubuntu, слід " +#~ "додати запис Mageia до файла <literal>/etc/grub.d/40_custom</literal>." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. " +#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " +#~ "preferred solution." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Зауваження: цю ваду виправлено у os-prober-1.53, випущеному 8 травня 2012 " +#~ "року. Отже, тепер варто віддати перевагу оновленню до нової версії GRUB2 " +#~ "у вашій системі." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " #~ "align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml index 0a6079cb..e3a7b253 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> -<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="add_supplemental_media" xml:lang="uk" +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="add_supplemental_media" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml index d154fbba..5813bd64 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -1,17 +1,12 @@ -<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> -<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" -xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> + + + + + + + - - - - - <info> <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> <!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> @@ -23,16 +18,14 @@ version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="configureX_card_list"> <mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="configureX_card_list-im1" fileref="dx2-configureX_card_list.png" -format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> +format="PNG"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> - <para>У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних графічних карток. Зазвичай, + <para>У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних графічних карток. Зазвичай, програма може правильно визначити ваш графічний пристрій.</para> - + <para>Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити вашу графічну картку і вам відома назва цієї картки, ви можете вибрати її пункт з -ієрархічного списку за такими критеріями: - - <itemizedlist> +ієрархічного списку за такими критеріями: <itemizedlist> <listitem> <para>виробник</para> </listitem> @@ -49,21 +42,19 @@ format="PNG" /> </imageobject></mediaobject> <para>Якщо вашої картки немає у списку карток за виробниками (оскільки вона ще не встигла потрапити до бази даних або є надто старою), ви можете знайти відповідний драйвер у категорії «Xorg».</para> - + <para>У категорії «Xorg» ви зможете скористатися одним з понад 40 типових драйверів з відкритим кодом для відеокарт. Якщо вам все ж не вдасться знайти драйвер за назвою, ви можете скористатися драйвером «vesa». Цей драйвер забезпечує базові можливості з показу відео.</para> - + <para>Будьте уважними: якщо драйвер буде вибрано помилково, ви зможете отримати доступ лише до інтерфейсу командного рядка.</para> - <para>Деякі виробники відеокарт самі створюють пропрієтарні (закриті) драйвери для Linux. Доступ до таких драйверів можна отримати лише за допомогою сховищ -пакунків «Non-free» та «Tainted» або сайтів виробників карток. </para> - - <para>Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Non-free» та «Tainted», щоб мати до -них доступ. Зробити це слід після першого перезавантаження системи.</para> - -</section> +пакунків «Nonfree» або сайтів виробників карток.</para> + + <para>Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Nonfree», щоб мати до них +доступ. Зробити це слід після першого перезавантаження системи.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/update.sh b/docs/installer/update.sh index 68926115..740d10fc 100755 --- a/docs/installer/update.sh +++ b/docs/installer/update.sh @@ -1,6 +1,15 @@ #!/bin/bash POFILE=$1 -echo -n $1".po: " -msgmerge --update $1.po help.pot && \ -msgfmt -o /dev/null --statistics --check $1.po +if [[ $POFILE == "" ]]; then + for i in *.po + do + echo -n $i": " + msgmerge --backup=none --update $i help.pot && \ + msgfmt -o /dev/null --statistics --check $i + done +else + echo -n $1".po: " + msgmerge --update $1.po help.pot && \ + msgfmt -o /dev/null --statistics --check $1.po +fi |